xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision b5ef728d)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 
731 /*
732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
733 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
734 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
735 */
736 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
740 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
741 #else
742 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
743 #endif
744 
745 
746 
747 /*
748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
749 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
750 **
751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
752 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
754 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
757 ** journal and ignore it.
758 **
759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
763 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
767 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
769 */
770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
771   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
772 };
773 
774 /*
775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
776 ** the following macro.
777 */
778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
779 
780 /*
781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
783 */
784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
785 
786 /*
787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
790 ** out code that would never execute.
791 */
792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
793 # define MEMDB 0
794 #else
795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
796 #endif
797 
798 /*
799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
801 */
802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
804 #else
805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
806 #endif
807 
808 /*
809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
810 */
811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
812 
813 /*
814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
816 **
817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
818 **
819 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
820 **
821 ** instead of
822 **
823 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
824 */
825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
826 
827 /*
828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
829 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
830 */
831 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
832 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
833   u32 iRead = 0;
834   int rc;
835   if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
836   rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
837   return rc || iRead;
838 }
839 #endif
840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
841 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
842 #else
843 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
844 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
845 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
846 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
847 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
848 #endif
849 
850 #ifndef NDEBUG
851 /*
852 ** Usage:
853 **
854 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
855 **
856 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
857 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
858 */
859 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
860   Pager *pPager = p;
861 
862   /* State must be valid. */
863   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
864        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
865        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
866        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
867        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
868        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
869        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
870   );
871 
872   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
873   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
874   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
875   */
876   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
877   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
878 
879   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
880   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
881   */
882   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
883   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
884 
885   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
886   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
887   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
888   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
889   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
890   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
891   ** state.
892   */
893   if( MEMDB ){
894     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
895     assert( p->noSync );
896     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
897          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
898     );
899     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
900     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
901   }
902 
903   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
904   ** on the file.
905   */
906   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
907   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
908 
909   switch( p->eState ){
910     case PAGER_OPEN:
911       assert( !MEMDB );
912       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
913       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
914       break;
915 
916     case PAGER_READER:
917       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
918       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
919       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
920       break;
921 
922     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
923       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
924       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
925       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
926         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
927       }
928       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
929       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
930       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
931       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
932       break;
933 
934     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
935       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
936       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
937       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
938         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
939         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
940         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
941         ** to journal_mode=wal.
942         */
943         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
944         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
945              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
946              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
947         );
948       }
949       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
950       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
951       break;
952 
953     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
954       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
955       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
956       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
957       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
958       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
962       );
963       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
964       break;
965 
966     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
967       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
968       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
969       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
970       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
971            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
972            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
973            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
974       );
975       break;
976 
977     case PAGER_ERROR:
978       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
979       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
980       ** back to OPEN state.
981       */
982       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
983       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
984       break;
985   }
986 
987   return 1;
988 }
989 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
990 
991 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
992 /*
993 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
994 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
995 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
996 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
997 **
998 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
999 */
1000 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1001   static char zRet[1024];
1002 
1003   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1004       "Filename:      %s\n"
1005       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1006       "Lock:          %s\n"
1007       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1008       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1009       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1010       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1011       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1012       , p->zFilename
1013       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1014         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1015         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1016         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1017         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1018         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1019         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1020       , (int)p->errCode
1021       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1022         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1023         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1024         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1025         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1026       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1027       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1028         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1029         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1030         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1031         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1032         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1033       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1034       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1035       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1036   );
1037 
1038   return zRet;
1039 }
1040 #endif
1041 
1042 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1043 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1044 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1046 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1047 #endif
1048 
1049 /*
1050 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1051 ** content from the pager.
1052 */
1053 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1054   if( pPager->errCode ){
1055     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1056 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1057   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1059    && pPager->xCodec==0
1060 #endif
1061   ){
1062     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1063 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1064   }else{
1065     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1066   }
1067 }
1068 
1069 /*
1070 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1071 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1072 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1073 **
1074 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1075 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1076 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1077 */
1078 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1079   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1080   PagerSavepoint *p;
1081   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1082   int i;
1083   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1084     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1085     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1086       return 1;
1087     }
1088   }
1089   return 0;
1090 }
1091 
1092 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1093 /*
1094 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1095 */
1096 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1097   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1098 }
1099 #endif
1100 
1101 /*
1102 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1103 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1104 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1105 **
1106 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1107 */
1108 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1109   unsigned char ac[4];
1110   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1111   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1112     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1113   }
1114   return rc;
1115 }
1116 
1117 /*
1118 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1119 */
1120 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1121 
1122 
1123 /*
1124 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1125 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1126 */
1127 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1128   char ac[4];
1129   put32bits(ac, val);
1130   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1131 }
1132 
1133 /*
1134 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1135 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1136 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1137 **
1138 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1139 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1140 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1141 */
1142 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1143   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1144 
1145   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1146   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1147   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1148   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1149     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1150     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1151     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1152       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1153     }
1154     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1155   }
1156   return rc;
1157 }
1158 
1159 /*
1160 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1161 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1162 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1163 **
1164 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1165 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1166 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1167 ** of this.
1168 */
1169 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1170   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1171 
1172   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1173   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1174     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1175     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1176       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1177       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1178     }
1179   }
1180   return rc;
1181 }
1182 
1183 /*
1184 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1185 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1186 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1187 **
1188 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1189 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1190 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1191 **      to the page size.
1192 **
1193 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1194 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1195 **
1196 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1197 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1198 ** returned in this case.
1199 **
1200 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1201 */
1202 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1203   assert( !MEMDB );
1204 
1205 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1206  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1207   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1208 
1209   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1210   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1211 #endif
1212 
1213 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1214   if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){
1215     return -1;
1216   }
1217 #endif
1218 
1219 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1220   {
1221     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1222     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1223 
1224     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1225     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1226     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1227       return 0;
1228     }
1229   }
1230 
1231   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1232 #endif
1233 
1234   return 0;
1235 }
1236 
1237 /*
1238 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1239 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1240 ** and debugging only.
1241 */
1242 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1243 /*
1244 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1245 */
1246 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1247   u32 hash = 0;
1248   int i;
1249   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1250     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1251   }
1252   return hash;
1253 }
1254 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1255   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1256 }
1257 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1258   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1259 }
1260 
1261 /*
1262 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1263 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1264 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1265 */
1266 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1267 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1268   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1269   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1270   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1271 }
1272 
1273 #else
1274 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1275 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1276 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1277 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1278 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1279 
1280 /*
1281 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1282 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1283 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1284 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1285 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1286 **
1287 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1288 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1289 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1290 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1291 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1292 ** were present in the journal.
1293 **
1294 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1295 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1296 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1297 ** journal file name.
1298 **
1299 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1300 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1301 **
1302 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1303 ** error code is returned.
1304 */
1305 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1306   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1307   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1308   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1309   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1310   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1311   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1312   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1313 
1314   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1315    || szJ<16
1316    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1317    || len>=nMaster
1318    || len>szJ-16
1319    || len==0
1320    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1321    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1322    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1323    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1324   ){
1325     return rc;
1326   }
1327 
1328   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1329   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1330     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1331   }
1332   if( cksum ){
1333     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1334     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1335     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1336     ** master-journal filename.
1337     */
1338     len = 0;
1339   }
1340   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1341 
1342   return SQLITE_OK;
1343 }
1344 
1345 /*
1346 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1347 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1348 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1349 **
1350 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1351 **
1352 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1353 **   ---------------------------------------
1354 **   0                         0
1355 **   512                       512
1356 **   100                       512
1357 **   2000                      2048
1358 **
1359 */
1360 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1361   i64 offset = 0;
1362   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1363   if( c ){
1364     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1365   }
1366   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1367   assert( offset>=c );
1368   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1369   return offset;
1370 }
1371 
1372 /*
1373 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1374 **
1375 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1376 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1377 **
1378 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1379 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1380 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1381 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1382 ** after writing or truncating it.
1383 **
1384 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1385 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1386 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1387 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1388 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1389 **
1390 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1391 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1392 */
1393 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1394   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1395   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1396   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1397   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1398     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1399 
1400     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1401     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1402       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1403     }else{
1404       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1405       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1406     }
1407     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1408       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1409     }
1410 
1411     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1412     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1413     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1414     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1415     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1416     */
1417     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1418       i64 sz;
1419       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1420       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1421         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1422       }
1423     }
1424   }
1425   return rc;
1426 }
1427 
1428 /*
1429 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1430 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1431 ** current location.
1432 **
1433 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1434 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1436 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1437 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1438 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1439 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1440 **
1441 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1442 */
1443 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1444   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1445   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1446   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1447   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1448   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1449 
1450   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1451 
1452   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1453     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1454   }
1455 
1456   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1457   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1458   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1459   */
1460   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1461     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1462       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1463     }
1464   }
1465 
1466   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1467 
1468   /*
1469   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1470   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1471   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1472   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1473   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1474   **
1475   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1476   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1477   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1478   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1479   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1480   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1481   **
1482   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1483   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1484   **
1485   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1486   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1487   */
1488   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1489   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1490    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1491   ){
1492     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1493     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1494   }else{
1495     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1496   }
1497 
1498   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1499   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1500   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1501   /* The initial database size */
1502   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1503   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1504   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1505 
1506   /* The page size */
1507   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1508 
1509   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1510   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1511   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1512   ** take the performance hit.
1513   */
1514   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1515          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1516 
1517   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1518   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1519   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1520   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1521   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1522   **
1523   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1524   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1525   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1526   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1527   ** is done.
1528   **
1529   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1530   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1531   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1532   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1533   */
1534   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1535     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1536     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1537     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1538     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1539   }
1540 
1541   return rc;
1542 }
1543 
1544 /*
1545 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1546 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1547 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1548 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1549 ** a description of the journal header format.
1550 **
1551 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1552 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1553 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1554 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1555 ** in this case.
1556 **
1557 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1558 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1559 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1560 */
1561 static int readJournalHdr(
1562   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1563   int isHot,
1564   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1565   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1566   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1567 ){
1568   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1569   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1570   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1571 
1572   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1573 
1574   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1575   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1576   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1577   */
1578   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1579   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1580     return SQLITE_DONE;
1581   }
1582   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1583 
1584   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1585   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1586   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1587   ** proceed.
1588   */
1589   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1590     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1591     if( rc ){
1592       return rc;
1593     }
1594     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1595       return SQLITE_DONE;
1596     }
1597   }
1598 
1599   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1600   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1601   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1602   */
1603   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1604    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1605    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1606   ){
1607     return rc;
1608   }
1609 
1610   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1611     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1612     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1613 
1614     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1615     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1616      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1617     ){
1618       return rc;
1619     }
1620 
1621     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1622     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1623     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1624     */
1625     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1626       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1627     }
1628 
1629     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1630     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1631     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1632     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1633     */
1634     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1635      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1636      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1637     ){
1638       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1639       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1640       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1641       ** the journal file here.
1642       */
1643       return SQLITE_DONE;
1644     }
1645 
1646     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1647     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1648     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1649     */
1650     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1651     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1652 
1653     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1654     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1655     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1656     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1657     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1658     */
1659     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1660   }
1661 
1662   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1663   return rc;
1664 }
1665 
1666 
1667 /*
1668 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1669 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1670 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1671 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1672 ** anything is written. The format is:
1673 **
1674 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1675 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1676 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1677 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1678 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1679 **
1680 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1681 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1682 **
1683 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1684 ** this call is a no-op.
1685 */
1686 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1687   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1688   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1689   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1690   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1691   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1692 
1693   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1694   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1695 
1696   if( !zMaster
1697    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1698    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1699   ){
1700     return SQLITE_OK;
1701   }
1702   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1703   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1704 
1705   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1706   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1707     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1708   }
1709 
1710   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1711   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1712   ** the journal has already been synced.
1713   */
1714   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1715     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1716   }
1717   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1718 
1719   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1720   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1721   */
1722   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1723    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1724    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1725    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1726    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1727                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1728   ){
1729     return rc;
1730   }
1731   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1732 
1733   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1734   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1735   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1736   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1737   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1738   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1739   **
1740   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1741   ** file to the required size.
1742   */
1743   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1744    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1745   ){
1746     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1747   }
1748   return rc;
1749 }
1750 
1751 /*
1752 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1753 */
1754 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1755   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1756   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1757   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1758 }
1759 
1760 /*
1761 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1762 */
1763 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1764   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1765   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1766 }
1767 
1768 /*
1769 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1770 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1771 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1772 */
1773 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1774   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1775   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1776     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1777   }
1778   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1779     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1780   }
1781   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1782   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1783   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1784   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1785 }
1786 
1787 /*
1788 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1789 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1790 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1791 */
1792 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1793   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1794   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1795 
1796   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1797     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1798     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1799       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1800       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1801       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1802     }
1803   }
1804   return rc;
1805 }
1806 
1807 /*
1808 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1809 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1810 ** state.
1811 **
1812 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1813 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1814 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1815 ** closed (if it is open).
1816 **
1817 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1818 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1819 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1820 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1821 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1822 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1823 */
1824 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1825 
1826   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1827        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1828        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1829   );
1830 
1831   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1832   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1833   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1834 
1835   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1836     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1837     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1838     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1839   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1840     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1841     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1842 
1843     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1844     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1845     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1846     ** out from under us.
1847     */
1848     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1849     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1850     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1851     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1852     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1853     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1854     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1855      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1856     ){
1857       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1858     }
1859 
1860     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1861     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1862     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1863     ** is necessary.
1864     */
1865     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1866     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1867       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1868     }
1869 
1870     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1871     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1872     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1873     */
1874     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1875     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1876     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1877   }
1878 
1879   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1880   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1881   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1882   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1883   */
1884   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1885   if( pPager->errCode ){
1886     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1887       pager_reset(pPager);
1888       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1889       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1890     }else{
1891       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1892     }
1893     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1894     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1895     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1896   }
1897 
1898   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1899   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1900   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1901 }
1902 
1903 /*
1904 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1905 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1906 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1907 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1908 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1909 **
1910 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1911 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1912 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1913 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1914 **
1915 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1916 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1917 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1918 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1919 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1920 ** it were a hot-journal).
1921 */
1922 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1923   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1924   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1925   assert(
1926        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1927        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1928        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1929   );
1930   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1931     pPager->errCode = rc;
1932     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1933     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1934   }
1935   return rc;
1936 }
1937 
1938 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1939 
1940 /*
1941 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1942 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1943 **
1944 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1945 **
1946 ** Rules:
1947 **
1948 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1949 **      for transactions to be durable.
1950 **
1951 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1952 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1953 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1954 **      cache size.
1955 */
1956 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1957   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1958   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1959   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1960   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1961 }
1962 
1963 /*
1964 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1965 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1966 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1967 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1968 ** database transaction.
1969 **
1970 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1971 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1972 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1973 **
1974 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1975 **
1976 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1977 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1978 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1979 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1980 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1981 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1982 **
1983 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1984 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1985 **     in-memory journal.
1986 **
1987 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1988 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1989 **
1990 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1991 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1992 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1993 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1994 **
1995 **   journalMode==DELETE
1996 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1997 **
1998 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1999 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2000 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2001 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2002 **
2003 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2004 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2005 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2006 **
2007 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2008 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2009 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2010 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2011 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2012 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2013 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2014 ** returned.
2015 */
2016 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2017   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2018   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2019 
2020   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2021   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2022   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2023   ** held under two circumstances:
2024   **
2025   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2026   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2027   **
2028   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2029   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2030   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2031   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2032   */
2033   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2034   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2035   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2036     return SQLITE_OK;
2037   }
2038 
2039   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2040   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2041       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2042   );
2043   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2044     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2045 
2046     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2047     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2048       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2049       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2050     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2051       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2052         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2053       }else{
2054         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2055         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2056           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2057           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2058           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2059           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2060           */
2061           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2062         }
2063       }
2064       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2065     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2066       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2067     ){
2068       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2069       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2070     }else{
2071       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2072       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2073       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2074       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2075       */
2076       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2077       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2078       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2079            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2080            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2081       );
2082       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2083       if( bDelete ){
2084         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2085       }
2086     }
2087   }
2088 
2089 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2090   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2091   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2092     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2093     if( p ){
2094       p->pageHash = 0;
2095       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2096     }
2097   }
2098 #endif
2099 
2100   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2101   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2102   pPager->nRec = 0;
2103   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2104     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2105       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2106     }else{
2107       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2108     }
2109     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2110   }
2111 
2112   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2113     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2114     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2115     ** lock held on the database file.
2116     */
2117     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2118     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2119   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2120     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2121     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2122     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2123     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2124     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2125     ** required size.  */
2126     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2127     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2128   }
2129 
2130   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2131     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2132     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2133   }
2134 
2135   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2136    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2137   ){
2138     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2139     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2140   }
2141   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2142   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2143 
2144   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2145 }
2146 
2147 /*
2148 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2149 ** database file.
2150 **
2151 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2152 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2153 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2154 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2155 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2156 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2157 ** will roll it back.
2158 **
2159 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2160 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2161 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2162 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2163 */
2164 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2165   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2166     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2167     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2168       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2169       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2170       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2171     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2172       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2173       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2174     }
2175   }
2176   pager_unlock(pPager);
2177 }
2178 
2179 /*
2180 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2181 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2182 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2183 **
2184 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2185 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2186 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2187 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2188 **
2189 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2190 ** incompatible journal file format.
2191 **
2192 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2193 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2194 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2195 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2196 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2197 */
2198 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2199   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2200   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2201   while( i>0 ){
2202     cksum += aData[i];
2203     i -= 200;
2204   }
2205   return cksum;
2206 }
2207 
2208 /*
2209 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2210 ** to the codec.
2211 */
2212 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2213 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2214   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2215     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2216                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2217   }
2218 }
2219 #else
2220 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2221 #endif
2222 
2223 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2224 /*
2225 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2226 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2227 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2228 */
2229 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2230   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2231     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2232     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2233   }
2234 }
2235 #endif
2236 
2237 /*
2238 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2239 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2240 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2241 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2242 **
2243 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2244 ** not.
2245 **
2246 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2247 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2248 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2249 **
2250 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2251 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2252 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2253 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2254 ** prior to returning.
2255 **
2256 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2257 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2258 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2259 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2260 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2261 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2262 ** two circumstances:
2263 **
2264 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2265 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2266 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2267 **
2268 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2269 **
2270 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2271 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2272 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2273 */
2274 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2275   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2276   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2277   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2278   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2279   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2280 ){
2281   int rc;
2282   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2283   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2284   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2285   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2286   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2287   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2288 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2289   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2290   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2291   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2292 #endif
2293 
2294   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2295   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2296   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2297   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2298 
2299   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2300   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2301   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2302 
2303   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2304   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2305   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2306   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2307   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2308   */
2309   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2310        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2311   );
2312   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2313 
2314   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2315   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2316   */
2317   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2318   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2319   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2320   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2321   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2322   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2323 
2324   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2325   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2326   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2327   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2328   */
2329   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2330     assert( !isSavepnt );
2331     return SQLITE_DONE;
2332   }
2333   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2334     return SQLITE_OK;
2335   }
2336   if( isMainJrnl ){
2337     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2338     if( rc ) return rc;
2339     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2340       return SQLITE_DONE;
2341     }
2342   }
2343 
2344   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2345   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2346   */
2347   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2348     return rc;
2349   }
2350 
2351   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2352   */
2353   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2354     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2355     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2356   }
2357 
2358   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2359   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2360   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2361   **
2362   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2363   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2364   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2365   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2366   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2367   ** assert()able.
2368   **
2369   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2370   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2371   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2372   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2373   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2374   **
2375   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2376   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2377   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2378   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2379   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2380   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2381   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2382   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2383   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2384   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2385   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2386   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2387   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2388   **
2389   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2390   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2391   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2392   */
2393   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2394     pPg = 0;
2395   }else{
2396     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2397   }
2398   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2399   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2400   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2401            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2402            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2403   ));
2404   if( isMainJrnl ){
2405     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2406   }else{
2407     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2408   }
2409   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2410    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2411    && isSynced
2412   ){
2413     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2414     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2415     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2416 
2417     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2418     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2419     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2420     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2421     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2422     ** file.  */
2423 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2424     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2425       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2426       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2427       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2428     }else
2429 #endif
2430     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2431 
2432     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2433       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2434     }
2435     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2436 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2437       if( jrnlEnc ){
2438         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2439         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2440         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2441       }else
2442 #endif
2443       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2444     }
2445   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2446     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2447     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2448     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2449     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2450     ** current.
2451     **
2452     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2453     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2454     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2455     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2456     **
2457     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2458     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2459     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2460     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2461     */
2462     assert( isSavepnt );
2463     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2464     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2465     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2466     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2467     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2468     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2469     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2470   }
2471   if( pPg ){
2472     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2473     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2474     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2475     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2476     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2477     */
2478     void *pData;
2479     pData = pPg->pData;
2480     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2481     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2482     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2483     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2484     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2485     ** has been removed. */
2486     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2487 
2488     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2489     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2490     if( pgno==1 ){
2491       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2492     }
2493 
2494     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2495 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2496     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2497 #endif
2498     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2499   }
2500   return rc;
2501 }
2502 
2503 /*
2504 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2505 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2506 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2507 ** and does so if it is.
2508 **
2509 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2510 ** available for use within this function.
2511 **
2512 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2513 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2514 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2515 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2516 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2517 **
2518 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2519 **
2520 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2521 ** journals have been rolled back.
2522 **
2523 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2524 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2525 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2526 **
2527 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2528 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2529 **     file zMaster
2530 **
2531 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2532 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2533 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2534 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2535 **
2536 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2537 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2538 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2539 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2540 **
2541 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2542 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2543 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2544 ** size.
2545 */
2546 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2547   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2548   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2549   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2550   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2551   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2552   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2553   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2554   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2555   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2556 
2557   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2558   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2559   */
2560   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2561   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2562   if( !pMaster ){
2563     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2564   }else{
2565     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2566     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2567   }
2568   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2569 
2570   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2571   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2572   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2573   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2574   */
2575   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2576   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2577   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2578   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2579   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2580     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2581     goto delmaster_out;
2582   }
2583   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2584   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2585   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2586   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2587 
2588   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2589   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2590     int exists;
2591     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2592     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2593       goto delmaster_out;
2594     }
2595     if( exists ){
2596       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2597       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2598       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2599       */
2600       int c;
2601       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2602       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2603       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2604         goto delmaster_out;
2605       }
2606 
2607       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2608       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2609       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2610         goto delmaster_out;
2611       }
2612 
2613       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2614       if( c ){
2615         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2616         goto delmaster_out;
2617       }
2618     }
2619     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2620   }
2621 
2622   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2623   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2624 
2625 delmaster_out:
2626   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2627   if( pMaster ){
2628     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2629     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2630     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2631   }
2632   return rc;
2633 }
2634 
2635 
2636 /*
2637 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2638 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2639 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2640 **
2641 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2642 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2643 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2644 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2645 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2646 **
2647 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2648 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2649 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2650 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2651 ** the end of the new file instead.
2652 **
2653 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2654 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2655 */
2656 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2657   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2658   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2659   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2660 
2661   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2662    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2663   ){
2664     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2665     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2666     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2667     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2668     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2669     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2670     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2671       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2672         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2673       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2674         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2675         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2676         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2677         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2678         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2679       }
2680       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2681         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2682       }
2683     }
2684   }
2685   return rc;
2686 }
2687 
2688 /*
2689 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2690 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2691 */
2692 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2693   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2694   if( iRet<32 ){
2695     iRet = 512;
2696   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2697     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2698     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2699   }
2700   return iRet;
2701 }
2702 
2703 /*
2704 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2705 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2706 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2707 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2708 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2709 **
2710 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2711 **
2712 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2713 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2714 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2715 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2716 **
2717 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2718 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2719 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2720 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2721 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2722 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2723 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2724 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2725 */
2726 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2727   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2728 
2729   if( pPager->tempFile
2730    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2731               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2732   ){
2733     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2734     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2735     ** call will segfault. */
2736     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2737   }else{
2738     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2739   }
2740 }
2741 
2742 /*
2743 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2744 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2745 **
2746 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2747 **
2748 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2749 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2750 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2751 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2752 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2753 **       sanity checksum.
2754 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2755 **       database to during a rollback.
2756 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2757 **       is this many bytes in size.
2758 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2759 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2760 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2761 **        +  4 byte page number.
2762 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2763 **        +  4 byte checksum
2764 **
2765 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2766 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2767 **
2768 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2769 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2770 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2771 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2772 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2773 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2774 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2775 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2776 **
2777 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2778 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2779 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2780 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2781 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2782 **
2783 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2784 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2785 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2786 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2787 ** been encountered.
2788 **
2789 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2790 ** and an error code is returned.
2791 **
2792 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2793 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2794 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2795 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2796 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2797 ** needed.
2798 */
2799 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2800   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2801   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2802   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2803   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2804   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2805   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2806   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2807   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2808   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2809   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2810   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2811 
2812   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2813   ** the journal is empty.
2814   */
2815   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2816   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2817   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2818     goto end_playback;
2819   }
2820 
2821   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2822   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2823   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2824   ** played back.
2825   **
2826   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2827   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2828   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2829   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2830   ** for pageSize.
2831   */
2832   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2833   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2834   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2835     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2836   }
2837   zMaster = 0;
2838   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2839     goto end_playback;
2840   }
2841   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2842   needPagerReset = isHot;
2843 
2844   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2845   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2846   ** occurs.
2847   */
2848   while( 1 ){
2849     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2850     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2851     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2852     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2853     */
2854     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2855     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2856       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2857         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2858       }
2859       goto end_playback;
2860     }
2861 
2862     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2863     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2864     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2865     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2866     */
2867     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2868       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2869       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2870     }
2871 
2872     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2873     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2874     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2875     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2876     ** size of the file.
2877     **
2878     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2879     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2880     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2881     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2882     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2883     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2884     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2885     */
2886     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2887         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2888       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2889     }
2890 
2891     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2892     ** database file back to its original size.
2893     */
2894     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2895       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2896       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2897         goto end_playback;
2898       }
2899       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2900     }
2901 
2902     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2903     ** database file and/or page cache.
2904     */
2905     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2906       if( needPagerReset ){
2907         pager_reset(pPager);
2908         needPagerReset = 0;
2909       }
2910       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2911       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2912         nPlayback++;
2913       }else{
2914         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2915           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2916           break;
2917         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2918           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2919           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2920           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2921           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2922           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2923           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2924           goto end_playback;
2925         }else{
2926           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2927           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2928           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2929           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2930           */
2931           goto end_playback;
2932         }
2933       }
2934     }
2935   }
2936   /*NOTREACHED*/
2937   assert( 0 );
2938 
2939 end_playback:
2940   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2941     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2942   }
2943   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2944   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2945   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2946   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2947   */
2948 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2949   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2950     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2951   }
2952 #endif
2953 
2954   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2955   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2956   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2957   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2958   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2959   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2960   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2961   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2962   */
2963   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2964 
2965   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2966     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2967     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2968     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2969   }
2970   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2971    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2972   ){
2973     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2974   }
2975   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2976     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2977     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2978   }
2979   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2980     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2981     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2982     */
2983     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2984     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2985   }
2986   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2987     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2988                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2989   }
2990 
2991   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2992   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2993   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2994   */
2995   setSectorSize(pPager);
2996   return rc;
2997 }
2998 
2999 
3000 /*
3001 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3002 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3003 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3004 ** file before this function is called.
3005 **
3006 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3007 ** the value read from the database file.
3008 **
3009 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3010 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3011 */
3012 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3013   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3014   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3015 
3016 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3017   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3018 
3019   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3020   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3021 
3022   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3023     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3024     if( rc ) return rc;
3025   }
3026   if( iFrame ){
3027     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3028   }else
3029 #endif
3030   {
3031     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3032     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3033     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3034       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3035     }
3036   }
3037 
3038   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3039     if( rc ){
3040       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3041       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3042       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3043       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3044       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3045       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3046       **
3047       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3048       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3049       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3050       ** we should still be ok.
3051       */
3052       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3053     }else{
3054       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3055       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3056     }
3057   }
3058   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3059 
3060   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3061   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3062   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3063   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3064                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3065 
3066   return rc;
3067 }
3068 
3069 /*
3070 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3071 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3072 **
3073 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3074 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3075 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3076 */
3077 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3078   u32 change_counter;
3079 
3080   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3081   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3082   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3083 
3084   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3085   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3086   ** is valid. */
3087   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3088   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3089 }
3090 
3091 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3092 /*
3093 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3094 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3095 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3096 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3097 **
3098 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3099 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3100 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3101 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3102 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3103 */
3104 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3105   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3106   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3107   PgHdr *pPg;
3108 
3109   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3110   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3111   if( pPg ){
3112     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3113       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3114     }else{
3115       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3116       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3117         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3118       }
3119       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3120     }
3121   }
3122 
3123   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3124   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3125   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3126   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3127   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3128   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3129   ** the backups must be restarted.
3130   */
3131   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3132 
3133   return rc;
3134 }
3135 
3136 /*
3137 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3138 */
3139 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3140   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3141   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3142 
3143   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3144   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3145   ** following:
3146   **
3147   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3148   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3149   */
3150   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3151   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3152   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3153   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3154     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3155     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3156     pList = pNext;
3157   }
3158 
3159   return rc;
3160 }
3161 
3162 /*
3163 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3164 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3165 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3166 ** changed.
3167 **
3168 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3169 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3170 */
3171 static int pagerWalFrames(
3172   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3173   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3174   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3175   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3176 ){
3177   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3178   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3179   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3180 
3181   assert( pPager->pWal );
3182   assert( pList );
3183 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3184   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3185   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3186     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3187   }
3188 #endif
3189 
3190   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3191   if( isCommit ){
3192     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3193     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3194     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3195     ** list here. */
3196     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3197     nList = 0;
3198     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3199       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3200         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3201         nList++;
3202       }
3203     }
3204     assert( pList );
3205   }else{
3206     nList = 1;
3207   }
3208   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3209 
3210   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3211   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3212       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3213   );
3214   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3215     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3216       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3217     }
3218   }
3219 
3220 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3221   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3222   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3223     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3224   }
3225 #endif
3226 
3227   return rc;
3228 }
3229 
3230 /*
3231 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3232 **
3233 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3234 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3235 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3236 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3237 */
3238 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3239   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3240   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3241 
3242   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3243   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3244 
3245   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3246   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3247   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3248   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3249   */
3250   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3251 
3252   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3253   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3254     pager_reset(pPager);
3255     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3256   }
3257 
3258   return rc;
3259 }
3260 #endif
3261 
3262 /*
3263 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3264 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3265 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3266 **
3267 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3268 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3269 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3270 */
3271 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3272   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3273 
3274   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3275   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3276   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3277   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3278   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3279   */
3280   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3281   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3282   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3283   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3284   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3285 
3286   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3287   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3288   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3289   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3290   */
3291   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3292     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3293     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3294     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3295       return rc;
3296     }
3297     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3298   }
3299 
3300   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3301   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3302   ** that the file can be read.
3303   */
3304   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3305     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3306   }
3307 
3308   *pnPage = nPage;
3309   return SQLITE_OK;
3310 }
3311 
3312 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3313 /*
3314 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3315 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3316 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3317 **
3318 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3319 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3320 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3321 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3322 **
3323 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3324 **
3325 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3326 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3327 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3328 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3329 ** other connection.
3330 */
3331 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3332   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3333   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3334   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3335 
3336   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3337     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3338     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3339         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3340     );
3341     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3342       if( isWal ){
3343         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3344 
3345         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3346         if( rc ) return rc;
3347         if( nPage==0 ){
3348           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3349         }else{
3350           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3351           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3352         }
3353       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3354         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3355       }
3356     }
3357   }
3358   return rc;
3359 }
3360 #endif
3361 
3362 /*
3363 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3364 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3365 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3366 ** savepoint.
3367 **
3368 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3369 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3370 ** performed in the order specified:
3371 **
3372 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3373 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3374 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3375 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3376 **
3377 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3378 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3379 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3380 **
3381 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3382 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3383 **     the journal file.
3384 **
3385 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3386 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3387 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3388 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3389 **
3390 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3391 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3392 **
3393 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3394 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3395 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3396 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3397 */
3398 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3399   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3400   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3401   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3402   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3403 
3404   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3405   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3406 
3407   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3408   if( pSavepoint ){
3409     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3410     if( !pDone ){
3411       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3412     }
3413   }
3414 
3415   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3416   ** being reverted was opened.
3417   */
3418   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3419   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3420 
3421   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3422     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3423   }
3424 
3425   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3426   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3427   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3428   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3429   */
3430   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3431   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3432 
3433   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3434   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3435   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3436   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3437   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3438   ** are played back.
3439   */
3440   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3441     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3442     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3443     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3444       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3445     }
3446     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3447   }else{
3448     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3449   }
3450 
3451   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3452   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3453   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3454   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3455   */
3456   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3457     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3458     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3459     u32 dummy;
3460     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3461     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3462 
3463     /*
3464     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3465     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3466     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3467     */
3468     if( nJRec==0
3469      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3470     ){
3471       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3472     }
3473     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3474       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3475     }
3476     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3477   }
3478   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3479 
3480   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3481   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3482   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3483   */
3484   if( pSavepoint ){
3485     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3486     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3487 
3488     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3489       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3490     }
3491     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3492       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3493       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3494     }
3495     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3496   }
3497 
3498   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3499   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3500     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3501   }
3502 
3503   return rc;
3504 }
3505 
3506 /*
3507 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3508 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3509 */
3510 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3511   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3512 }
3513 
3514 /*
3515 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3516 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3517 */
3518 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3519   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3520 }
3521 
3522 /*
3523 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3524 */
3525 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3526 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3527   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3528   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3529     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3530     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3531     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3532     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3533     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3534   }
3535 #endif
3536 }
3537 
3538 /*
3539 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3540 */
3541 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3542   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3543   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3544 }
3545 
3546 /*
3547 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3548 */
3549 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3550   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3551 }
3552 
3553 /*
3554 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3555 **
3556 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3557 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3558 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3559 ** There are four levels:
3560 **
3561 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3562 **              for temporary and transient files.
3563 **
3564 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3565 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3566 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3567 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3568 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3569 **              when it is rolled back.
3570 **
3571 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3572 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3573 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3574 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3575 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3576 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3577 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3578 **
3579 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3580 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3581 **              journal is unlinked.
3582 **
3583 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3584 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3585 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3586 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3587 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3588 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3589 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3590 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3591 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3592 **
3593 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3594 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3595 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3596 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3597 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3598 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3599 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3600 **
3601 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3602 ** and FULL=3.
3603 */
3604 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3605 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3606   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3607   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3608 ){
3609   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3610   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3611     pPager->noSync = 1;
3612     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3613     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3614   }else{
3615     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3616     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3617     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3618   }
3619   if( pPager->noSync ){
3620     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3621   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3622     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3623   }else{
3624     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3625   }
3626   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3627   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3628     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3629   }
3630   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3631     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3632   }
3633   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3634     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3635   }else{
3636     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3637   }
3638 }
3639 #endif
3640 
3641 /*
3642 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3643 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3644 ** testing and analysis only.
3645 */
3646 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3647 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3648 #endif
3649 
3650 /*
3651 ** Open a temporary file.
3652 **
3653 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3654 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3655 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3656 **
3657 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3658 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3659 **
3660 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3661 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3662 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3663 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3664 */
3665 static int pagerOpentemp(
3666   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3667   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3668   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3669 ){
3670   int rc;               /* Return code */
3671 
3672 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3673   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3674 #endif
3675 
3676   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3677             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3678   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3679   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3680   return rc;
3681 }
3682 
3683 /*
3684 ** Set the busy handler function.
3685 **
3686 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3687 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3688 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3689 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3690 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3691 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3692 **
3693 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3694 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3695 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3696 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3697 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3698 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3699 **
3700 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3701 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3702 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3703 */
3704 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3705   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3706   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3707   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3708 ){
3709   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3710   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3711 
3712   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3713     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3714     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3715     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3716     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3717   }
3718 }
3719 
3720 /*
3721 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3722 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3723 **
3724 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3725 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3726 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3727 **
3728 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3729 **
3730 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3731 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3732 **
3733 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3734 **
3735 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3736 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3737 **
3738 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3739 **
3740 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3741 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3742 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3743 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3744 **
3745 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3746 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3747 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3748 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3749 */
3750 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3751   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3752 
3753   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3754   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3755   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3756   **
3757   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3758   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3759   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3760   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3761   */
3762 
3763   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3764   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3765   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3766    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3767    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3768   ){
3769     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3770     i64 nByte = 0;
3771 
3772     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3773       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3774     }
3775     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3776       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3777       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3778     }
3779 
3780     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3781       pager_reset(pPager);
3782       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3783     }
3784     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3785       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3786       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3787       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3788       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3789     }else{
3790       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3791     }
3792   }
3793 
3794   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3795   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3796     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3797     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3798     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3799     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3800     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3801   }
3802   return rc;
3803 }
3804 
3805 /*
3806 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3807 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3808 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3809 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3810 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3811 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3812 */
3813 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3814   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3815 }
3816 
3817 /*
3818 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3819 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3820 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3821 **
3822 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3823 */
3824 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3825   if( mxPage>0 ){
3826     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3827   }
3828   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3829   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3830   return pPager->mxPgno;
3831 }
3832 
3833 /*
3834 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3835 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3836 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3837 **
3838 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3839 ** and generate no code.
3840 */
3841 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3842 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3843 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3844 static int saved_cnt;
3845 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3846   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3847   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3848 }
3849 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3850   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3851 }
3852 #else
3853 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3854 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3855 #endif
3856 
3857 /*
3858 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3859 ** that pDest points to.
3860 **
3861 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3862 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3863 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3864 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3865 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3866 **
3867 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3868 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3869 ** output buffer undefined.
3870 */
3871 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3872   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3873   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3874   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3875 
3876   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3877   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3878   ** to WAL mode yet.
3879   */
3880   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3881 
3882   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3883     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3884     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3885     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3886       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3887     }
3888   }
3889   return rc;
3890 }
3891 
3892 /*
3893 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3894 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3895 **
3896 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3897 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3898 */
3899 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3900   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3901   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3902   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3903 }
3904 
3905 
3906 /*
3907 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3908 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3909 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3910 **
3911 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3912 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3913 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3914 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3915 **
3916 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3917 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3918 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3919 */
3920 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3921   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3922 
3923   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3924   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3925   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3926   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3927   */
3928   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3929        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3930        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3931   );
3932 
3933   do {
3934     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3935   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3936   return rc;
3937 }
3938 
3939 /*
3940 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3941 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3942 **
3943 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3944 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3945 **
3946 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3947 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3948 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3949 **
3950 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3951 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3952 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3953 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3954 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3955 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3956 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3957 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3958 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3959 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3960 */
3961 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3962 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3963   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3964   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3965 }
3966 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3967   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3968 }
3969 #else
3970 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3971 #endif
3972 
3973 /*
3974 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3975 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3976 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3977 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3978 **
3979 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3980 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3981 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3982 ** then continue writing to the database.
3983 */
3984 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3985   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3986   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3987   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3988 
3989   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3990   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3991   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3992   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3993   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3994   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3995   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3996   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3997   ** is no longer correct. */
3998 }
3999 
4000 
4001 /*
4002 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4003 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4004 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4005 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4006 **
4007 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4008 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4009 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4010 ** content as this process.
4011 **
4012 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4013 ** an SQLite error code.
4014 */
4015 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4016   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4017   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4018     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4019   }
4020   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4021     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4022   }
4023   return rc;
4024 }
4025 
4026 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4027 /*
4028 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4029 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4030 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4031 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4032 ** *ppPage to zero.
4033 **
4034 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4035 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4036 */
4037 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4038   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4039   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4040   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4041   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4042 ){
4043   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4044 
4045   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4046     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4047     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4048     p->pDirty = 0;
4049     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4050     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4051   }else{
4052     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4053     if( p==0 ){
4054       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4055       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4056     }
4057     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4058     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4059     p->nRef = 1;
4060     p->pPager = pPager;
4061   }
4062 
4063   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4064   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4065   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4066   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4067   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4068 
4069   p->pgno = pgno;
4070   p->pData = pData;
4071   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4072 
4073   return SQLITE_OK;
4074 }
4075 #endif
4076 
4077 /*
4078 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4079 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4080 */
4081 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4082   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4083   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4084   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4085   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4086 
4087   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4088   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4089 }
4090 
4091 /*
4092 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4093 */
4094 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4095   PgHdr *p;
4096   PgHdr *pNext;
4097   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4098     pNext = p->pDirty;
4099     sqlite3_free(p);
4100   }
4101 }
4102 
4103 
4104 /*
4105 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4106 **
4107 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4108 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4109 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4110 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4111 ** result in a coredump.
4112 **
4113 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4114 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4115 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4116 ** to the caller.
4117 */
4118 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4119   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4120 
4121   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4122   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4123   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4124   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4125   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4126   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4127   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4128 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4129   assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4130   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
4131       (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
4132   );
4133   pPager->pWal = 0;
4134 #endif
4135   pager_reset(pPager);
4136   if( MEMDB ){
4137     pager_unlock(pPager);
4138   }else{
4139     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4140     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4141     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4142     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4143     **
4144     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4145     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4146     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4147     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4148     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4149     */
4150     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4151       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4152     }
4153     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4154   }
4155   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4156   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4157   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4158   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4159   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4160   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4161   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4162   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4163 
4164 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4165   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4166 #endif
4167 
4168   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4169   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4170 
4171   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4172   return SQLITE_OK;
4173 }
4174 
4175 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4176 /*
4177 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4178 */
4179 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4180   return pPg->pgno;
4181 }
4182 #endif
4183 
4184 /*
4185 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4186 */
4187 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4188   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4189 }
4190 
4191 /*
4192 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4193 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4194 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4195 **
4196 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4197 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4198 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4199 **
4200 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4201 **     be taken.
4202 **
4203 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4204 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4205 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4206 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4207 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4208 **
4209 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4210 **     journal file is synced.
4211 **
4212 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4213 **
4214 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4215 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4216 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4217 **       <update nRec field>
4218 **     }
4219 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4220 **   }
4221 **
4222 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4223 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4224 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4225 */
4226 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4227   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4228 
4229   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4230        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4231   );
4232   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4233   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4234 
4235   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4236   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4237 
4238   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4239     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4240     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4241       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4242       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4243 
4244       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4245         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4246         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4247         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4248         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4249         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4250         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4251         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4252         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4253         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4254         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4255         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4256         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4257         **
4258         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4259         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4260         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4261         **
4262         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4263         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4264         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4265         ** the potential journal header.
4266         */
4267         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4268         u8 aMagic[8];
4269         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4270 
4271         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4272         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4273 
4274         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4275         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4276         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4277           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4278           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4279         }
4280         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4281           return rc;
4282         }
4283 
4284         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4285         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4286         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4287         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4288         **
4289         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4290         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4291         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4292         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4293         ** and never needs to be updated.
4294         */
4295         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4296           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4297           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4298           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4299           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4300         }
4301         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4302         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4303             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4304         );
4305         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4306       }
4307       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4308         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4309         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4310         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4311           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4312         );
4313         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4314       }
4315 
4316       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4317       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4318         pPager->nRec = 0;
4319         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4320         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4321       }
4322     }else{
4323       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4324     }
4325   }
4326 
4327   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4328   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4329   ** all pages.
4330   */
4331   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4332   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4333   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4334   return SQLITE_OK;
4335 }
4336 
4337 /*
4338 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4339 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4340 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4341 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4342 ** a no-op.
4343 **
4344 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4345 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4346 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4347 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4348 **
4349 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4350 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4351 ** written out.
4352 **
4353 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4354 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4355 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4356 **
4357 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4358 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4359 **
4360 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4361 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4362 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4363 ** the database file.
4364 **
4365 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4366 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4367 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4368 */
4369 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4370   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4371 
4372   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4373   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4374   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4375   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4376   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4377 
4378   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4379   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4380   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4381   */
4382   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4383     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4384     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4385   }
4386 
4387   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4388   ** file size will be.
4389   */
4390   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4391   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4392    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4393    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4394   ){
4395     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4396     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4397     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4398   }
4399 
4400   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4401     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4402 
4403     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4404     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4405     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4406     ** any such pages to the file.
4407     **
4408     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4409     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4410     */
4411     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4412       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4413       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4414 
4415       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4416       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4417 
4418       /* Encode the database */
4419       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4420 
4421       /* Write out the page data. */
4422       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4423 
4424       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4425       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4426       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4427       */
4428       if( pgno==1 ){
4429         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4430       }
4431       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4432         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4433       }
4434       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4435 
4436       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4437       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4438 
4439       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4440                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4441       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4442       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4443     }else{
4444       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4445     }
4446     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4447     pList = pList->pDirty;
4448   }
4449 
4450   return rc;
4451 }
4452 
4453 /*
4454 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4455 ** function is a no-op.
4456 **
4457 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4458 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4459 ** fails.
4460 */
4461 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4462   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4463   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4464     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4465       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4466       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4467     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4468     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4469       nStmtSpill = -1;
4470     }
4471     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4472   }
4473   return rc;
4474 }
4475 
4476 /*
4477 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4478 **
4479 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4480 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4481 **
4482 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4483 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4484 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4485 ** bitvec.
4486 */
4487 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4488   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4489   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4490   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4491 
4492     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4493     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4494     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4495     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4496     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4497          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4498          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4499     );
4500     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4501 
4502     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4503     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4504     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4505       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4506       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4507       char *pData2;
4508 
4509 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4510       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4511         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4512       }else
4513 #endif
4514       pData2 = pData;
4515       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4516       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4517       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4518         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4519       }
4520     }
4521   }
4522   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4523     pPager->nSubRec++;
4524     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4525     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4526   }
4527   return rc;
4528 }
4529 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4530   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4531     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4532   }else{
4533     return SQLITE_OK;
4534   }
4535 }
4536 
4537 /*
4538 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4539 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4540 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4541 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4542 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4543 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4544 ** argument.
4545 **
4546 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4547 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4548 ** journal file.
4549 **
4550 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4551 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4552 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4553 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4554 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4555 */
4556 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4557   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4558   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4559 
4560   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4561   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4562 
4563   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4564   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4565   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4566   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4567   **
4568   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4569   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4570   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4571   **
4572   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4573   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4574   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4575   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4576   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4577   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4578   */
4579   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4580   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4581   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4582   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4583   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4584    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4585       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4586   ){
4587     return SQLITE_OK;
4588   }
4589 
4590   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4591   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4592     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4593     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4594     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4595       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4596     }
4597   }else{
4598 
4599 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4600     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4601       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4602       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4603     }
4604 #endif
4605 
4606     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4607     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4608      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4609     ){
4610       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4611     }
4612 
4613     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4614     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4615       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4616       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4617     }
4618   }
4619 
4620   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4621   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4622     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4623     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4624   }
4625 
4626   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4627 }
4628 
4629 /*
4630 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4631 */
4632 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4633   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4634   if( !MEMDB ){
4635     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4636     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4637     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4638       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4639       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4640         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4641       }
4642       pList = pNext;
4643     }
4644   }
4645 
4646   return rc;
4647 }
4648 
4649 /*
4650 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4651 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4652 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4653 **
4654 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4655 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4656 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4657 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4658 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4659 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4660 **
4661 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4662 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4663 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4664 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4665 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4666 **
4667 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4668 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4669 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4670 **
4671 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4672 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4673 **
4674 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4675 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4676 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4677 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4678 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4679 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4680 */
4681 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4682   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4683   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4684   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4685   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4686   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4687   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4688   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4689 ){
4690   u8 *pPtr;
4691   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4692   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4693   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4694   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4695   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4696   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4697   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4698   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4699   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4700   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4701   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4702   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4703   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4704 
4705   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4706   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4707   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4708 
4709   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4710   *ppPager = 0;
4711 
4712 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4713   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4714     memDb = 1;
4715     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4716       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4717       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4718       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4719       zFilename = 0;
4720     }
4721   }
4722 #endif
4723 
4724   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4725   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4726   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4727   */
4728   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4729     const char *z;
4730     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4731     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4732     if( zPathname==0 ){
4733       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4734     }
4735     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4736     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4737     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4738     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4739     while( *z ){
4740       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4741       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4742     }
4743     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4744     assert( nUri>=0 );
4745     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4746       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4747       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4748       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4749       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4750       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4751       */
4752       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4753     }
4754     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4755       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4756       return rc;
4757     }
4758   }
4759 
4760   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4761   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4762   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4763   **
4764   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4765   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4766   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4767   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4768   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4769   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4770   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4771   */
4772   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4773     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4774     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4775     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4776     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4777     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4778     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4779 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4780     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4781 #endif
4782   );
4783   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4784   if( !pPtr ){
4785     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4786     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4787   }
4788   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4789   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4790   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4791   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4792   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4793   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4794   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4795 
4796   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4797   if( zPathname ){
4798     assert( nPathname>0 );
4799     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4800     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4801     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4802     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4803     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4804     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4805 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4806     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4807     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4808     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4809     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4810 #endif
4811     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4812   }
4813   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4814   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4815 
4816   /* Open the pager file.
4817   */
4818   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4819     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4820     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4821     assert( !memDb );
4822     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4823 
4824     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4825     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4826     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4827     **
4828     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4829     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4830     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4831     */
4832     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4833       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4834       if( !readOnly ){
4835         setSectorSize(pPager);
4836         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4837         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4838           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4839             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4840           }else{
4841             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4842           }
4843         }
4844 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4845         {
4846           int ii;
4847           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4848           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4849           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4850           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4851             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4852               szPageDflt = ii;
4853             }
4854           }
4855         }
4856 #endif
4857       }
4858       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4859       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4860        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4861           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4862           goto act_like_temp_file;
4863       }
4864     }
4865   }else{
4866     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4867     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4868     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4869     **
4870     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4871     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4872     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4873     **
4874     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4875     */
4876 act_like_temp_file:
4877     tempFile = 1;
4878     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4879     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4880     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4881     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4882   }
4883 
4884   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4885   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4886   */
4887   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4888     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4889     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4890     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4891   }
4892 
4893   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4894   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4895     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4896     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4897     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4898                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4899   }
4900 
4901   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4902   */
4903   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4904     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4905     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4906     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4907     return rc;
4908   }
4909 
4910   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4911   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4912 
4913   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4914   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4915   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4916   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4917   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4918   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4919   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4920   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4921   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4922   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4923   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4924   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4925           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4926   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4927   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4928   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4929   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4930   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4931   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4932   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4933   if( pPager->noSync ){
4934     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4935     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4936     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4937     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4938   }else{
4939     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4940     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4941     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4942     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4943   }
4944   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4945   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4946   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4947   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4948   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4949   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4950   setSectorSize(pPager);
4951   if( !useJournal ){
4952     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4953   }else if( memDb ){
4954     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4955   }
4956   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4957   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4958   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4959   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4960   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4961   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4962 
4963   *ppPager = pPager;
4964   return SQLITE_OK;
4965 }
4966 
4967 
4968 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4969 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4970 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4971 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4972 */
4973 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4974   int bHasMoved = 0;
4975   int rc;
4976 
4977   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4978   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4979   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4980   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4981   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4982     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4983     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4984     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4985     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4986   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4987     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4988   }
4989   return rc;
4990 }
4991 
4992 
4993 /*
4994 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4995 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4996 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4997 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4998 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4999 **
5000 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5001 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5002 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5003 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5004 **
5005 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5006 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5007 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5008 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5009 ** is returned.
5010 **
5011 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5012 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5013 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5014 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5015 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5016 ** will not roll it back.
5017 **
5018 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5019 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5020 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5021 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5022 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5023 */
5024 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5025   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5026   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5027   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5028   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5029 
5030   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5031   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5032   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5033 
5034   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5035     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5036   ));
5037 
5038   *pExists = 0;
5039   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5040     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5041   }
5042   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5043     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5044 
5045     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5046     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5047     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5048     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5049     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5050     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5051     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5052     */
5053     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5054     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5055       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5056 
5057       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5058       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5059       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5060         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5061         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5062         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5063         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5064         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5065         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5066         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5067         */
5068         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5069           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5070           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5071             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5072             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5073           }
5074           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5075         }else{
5076           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5077           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5078           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5079           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5080           ** it can be ignored.
5081           */
5082           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5083             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5084             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5085           }
5086           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5087             u8 first = 0;
5088             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5089             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5090               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5091             }
5092             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5093               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5094             }
5095             *pExists = (first!=0);
5096           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5097             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5098             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5099             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5100             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5101             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5102             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5103             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5104             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5105             */
5106             *pExists = 1;
5107             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5108           }
5109         }
5110       }
5111     }
5112   }
5113 
5114   return rc;
5115 }
5116 
5117 /*
5118 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5119 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5120 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5121 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5122 **
5123 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5124 **
5125 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5126 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5127 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5128 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5129 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5130 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5131 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5132 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5133 **
5134 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5135 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5136 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5137 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5138 **      file.
5139 **
5140 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5141 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5142 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5143 */
5144 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5145   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5146 
5147   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5148   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5149   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5150   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5151   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5152   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5153   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5154   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5155 
5156   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5157     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5158 
5159     assert( !MEMDB );
5160     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5161 
5162     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5163     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5164       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5165       goto failed;
5166     }
5167 
5168     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5169     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5170     */
5171     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5172       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5173     }
5174     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5175       goto failed;
5176     }
5177     if( bHotJournal ){
5178       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5179         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5180         goto failed;
5181       }
5182 
5183       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5184       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5185       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5186       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5187       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5188       ** hot-journal back.
5189       **
5190       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5191       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5192       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5193       ** on the database file.
5194       **
5195       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5196       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5197       */
5198       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5199       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5200         goto failed;
5201       }
5202 
5203       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5204       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5205       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5206       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5207       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5208       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5209       **
5210       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5211       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5212       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5213       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5214       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5215       */
5216       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5217         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5218         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5219         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5220             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5221         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5222           int fout = 0;
5223           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5224           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5225           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5226           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5227           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5228             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5229             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5230           }
5231         }
5232       }
5233 
5234       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5235       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5236       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5237       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5238       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5239       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5240       ** the journal before playing it back.
5241       */
5242       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5243         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5244         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5245         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5246           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5247           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5248         }
5249       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5250         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5251       }
5252 
5253       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5254         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5255         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5256         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5257         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5258         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5259         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5260         **
5261         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5262         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5263         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5264         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5265         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5266         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5267         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5268         ** references.
5269         */
5270         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5271         goto failed;
5272       }
5273 
5274       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5275       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5276            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5277       );
5278     }
5279 
5280     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5281       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5282       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5283       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5284       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5285       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5286       **
5287       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5288       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5289       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5290       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5291       ** a codec is in use.
5292       **
5293       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5294       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5295       ** it can be neglected.
5296       */
5297       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5298 
5299       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5300       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5301       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5302         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5303           goto failed;
5304         }
5305         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5306       }
5307 
5308       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5309         pager_reset(pPager);
5310 
5311         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5312         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5313         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5314         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5315         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5316         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5317         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5318           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5319         }
5320       }
5321     }
5322 
5323     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5324     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5325     */
5326     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5327 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5328     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5329 #endif
5330   }
5331 
5332   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5333     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5334     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5335   }
5336 
5337   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5338     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5339   }
5340 
5341  failed:
5342   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5343     assert( !MEMDB );
5344     pager_unlock(pPager);
5345     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5346   }else{
5347     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5348     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5349   }
5350   return rc;
5351 }
5352 
5353 /*
5354 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5355 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5356 **
5357 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5358 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5359 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5360 */
5361 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5362   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5363     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5364     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5365   }
5366 }
5367 
5368 /*
5369 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5370 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5371 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5372 **
5373 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5374 ** on the current state of the pager.
5375 **
5376 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5377 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5378 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5379 **
5380 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5381 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5382 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5383 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5384 ** object with no outstanding references.
5385 **
5386 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5387 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5388 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5389 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5390 **
5391 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5392 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5393 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5394 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5395 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5396 **
5397 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5398 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5399 **
5400 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5401 **
5402 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5403 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5404 **      from the savepoint journal.
5405 **
5406 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5407 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5408 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5409 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5410 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5411 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5412 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5413 **
5414 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5415 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5416 **
5417 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5418 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5419 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5420 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5421 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5422 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5423 ** or journal files.
5424 */
5425 static int getPageNormal(
5426   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5427   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5428   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5429   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5430 ){
5431   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5432   PgHdr *pPg;
5433   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5434   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5435 
5436   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5437   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5438   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5439   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5440 
5441   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5442   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5443   if( pBase==0 ){
5444     pPg = 0;
5445     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5446     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5447     if( pBase==0 ){
5448       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5449       goto pager_acquire_err;
5450     }
5451   }
5452   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5453   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5454   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5455   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5456 
5457   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5458   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5459     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5460     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5461     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5462     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5463     return SQLITE_OK;
5464 
5465   }else{
5466     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5467     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5468     **
5469     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5470     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5471     */
5472     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5473       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5474       goto pager_acquire_err;
5475     }
5476 
5477     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5478 
5479     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5480     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5481       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5482         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5483         goto pager_acquire_err;
5484       }
5485       if( noContent ){
5486         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5487         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5488         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5489         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5490         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5491         */
5492         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5493         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5494           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5495           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5496         }
5497         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5498         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5499         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5500       }
5501       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5502       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5503     }else{
5504       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5505       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5506       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5507       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5508         goto pager_acquire_err;
5509       }
5510     }
5511     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5512   }
5513   return SQLITE_OK;
5514 
5515 pager_acquire_err:
5516   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5517   if( pPg ){
5518     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5519   }
5520   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5521   *ppPage = 0;
5522   return rc;
5523 }
5524 
5525 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5526 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5527 static int getPageMMap(
5528   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5529   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5530   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5531   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5532 ){
5533   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5534   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5535   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5536 
5537   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5538   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5539   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5540   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5541   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5542    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5543   );
5544 
5545   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5546 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5547   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5548 #endif
5549 
5550   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5551   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5552   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5553   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5554   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5555     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5556   }
5557   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5558   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5559   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5560   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5561 
5562   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5563     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5564     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5565       *ppPage = 0;
5566       return rc;
5567     }
5568   }
5569   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5570     void *pData = 0;
5571     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5572         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5573     );
5574     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5575       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5576         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5577       }
5578       if( pPg==0 ){
5579         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5580      }else{
5581         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5582       }
5583       if( pPg ){
5584         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5585         *ppPage = pPg;
5586         return SQLITE_OK;
5587       }
5588     }
5589     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5590       *ppPage = 0;
5591       return rc;
5592     }
5593   }
5594   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5595 }
5596 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5597 
5598 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5599 static int getPageError(
5600   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5601   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5602   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5603   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5604 ){
5605   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5606   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5607   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5608   *ppPage = 0;
5609   return pPager->errCode;
5610 }
5611 
5612 
5613 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5614 */
5615 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5616   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5617   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5618   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5619   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5620 ){
5621   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5622 }
5623 
5624 /*
5625 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5626 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5627 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5628 **
5629 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5630 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5631 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5632 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5633 ** has ever happened.
5634 */
5635 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5636   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5637   assert( pPager!=0 );
5638   assert( pgno!=0 );
5639   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5640   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5641   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5642   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5643   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5644 }
5645 
5646 /*
5647 ** Release a page reference.
5648 **
5649 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5650 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5651 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5652 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5653 **
5654 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5655 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5656 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5657 */
5658 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5659   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5660   assert( pPg!=0 );
5661   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5662     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5663     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5664   }else{
5665     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5666   }
5667   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5668   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5669 }
5670 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5671   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5672 }
5673 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5674   Pager *pPager;
5675   assert( pPg!=0 );
5676   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5677   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5678   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5679   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5680   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5681 }
5682 
5683 /*
5684 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5685 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5686 ** file when this routine is called.
5687 **
5688 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5689 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5690 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5691 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5692 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5693 **
5694 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5695 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5696 ** already open file.
5697 **
5698 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5699 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5700 **
5701 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5702 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5703 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5704 */
5705 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5706   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5707   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5708 
5709   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5710   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5711   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5712 
5713   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5714   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5715   ** an error state. */
5716   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5717 
5718   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5719     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5720     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5721       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5722     }
5723 
5724     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5725     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5726       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5727         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5728       }else{
5729         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5730         int nSpill;
5731 
5732         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5733           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5734           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5735         }else{
5736           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5737           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5738         }
5739 
5740         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5741         ** it was originally opened. */
5742         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5743         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5744           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5745               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5746           );
5747         }
5748       }
5749       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5750     }
5751 
5752 
5753     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5754     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5755     */
5756     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5757       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5758       pPager->nRec = 0;
5759       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5760       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5761       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5762       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5763     }
5764   }
5765 
5766   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5767     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5768     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5769   }else{
5770     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5771     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5772   }
5773 
5774   return rc;
5775 }
5776 
5777 /*
5778 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5779 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5780 **
5781 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5782 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5783 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5784 ** functions need be called.
5785 **
5786 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5787 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5788 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5789 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5790 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5791 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5792 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5793 */
5794 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5795   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5796 
5797   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5798   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5799   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5800 
5801   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5802     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5803 
5804     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5805       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5806       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5807       */
5808       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5809         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5810         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5811           return rc;
5812         }
5813         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5814       }
5815 
5816       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5817       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5818       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5819       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5820       */
5821       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5822     }else{
5823       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5824       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5825       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5826       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5827       */
5828       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5829       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5830         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5831       }
5832     }
5833 
5834     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5835       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5836       **
5837       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5838       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5839       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5840       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5841       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5842       ** WAL mode.
5843       */
5844       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5845       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5846       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5847       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5848       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5849     }
5850 
5851     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5852     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5853     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5854   }
5855 
5856   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5857   return rc;
5858 }
5859 
5860 /*
5861 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5862 */
5863 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5864   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5865   int rc;
5866   u32 cksum;
5867   char *pData2;
5868   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5869 
5870   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5871   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5872   ** that we do not. */
5873   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5874 
5875   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5876   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5877   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5878 
5879   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5880   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5881   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5882   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5883   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5884   ** then corruption may follow.
5885   */
5886   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5887 
5888   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5889   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5890   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5891   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5892   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5893   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5894 
5895   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5896            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5897   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5898   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5899        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5900        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5901 
5902   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5903   pPager->nRec++;
5904   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5905   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5906   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5907   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5908   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5909   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5910   return rc;
5911 }
5912 
5913 /*
5914 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5915 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5916 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5917 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5918 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5919 */
5920 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5921   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5922   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5923 
5924   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5925   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5926   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5927   */
5928   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5929        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5930        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5931   );
5932   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5933   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5934   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5935   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5936 
5937   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5938   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5939   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5940   **
5941   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5942   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5943   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5944   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5945   */
5946   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5947     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5948     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5949   }
5950   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5951   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5952 
5953   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5954   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5955 
5956   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5957   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5958   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5959   */
5960   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5961   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5962    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5963   ){
5964     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5965     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5966       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5967       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5968         return rc;
5969       }
5970     }else{
5971       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5972         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5973       }
5974       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5975               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5976              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5977     }
5978   }
5979 
5980   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5981   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5982   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5983   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5984   */
5985   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5986 
5987   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5988   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5989   */
5990   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5991     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5992   }
5993 
5994   /* Update the database size and return. */
5995   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5996     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5997   }
5998   return rc;
5999 }
6000 
6001 /*
6002 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6003 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6004 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6005 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6006 ** a write.
6007 **
6008 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6009 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6010 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6011 */
6012 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6013   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6014   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6015   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6016   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6017   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6018   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6019   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6020   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6021 
6022   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6023   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6024   ** this function.
6025   */
6026   assert( !MEMDB );
6027   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6028   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6029 
6030   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6031   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6032   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6033   */
6034   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6035 
6036   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6037   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6038     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6039   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6040     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6041   }else{
6042     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6043   }
6044   assert(nPage>0);
6045   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6046   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6047 
6048   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6049     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6050     PgHdr *pPage;
6051     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6052       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6053         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6054         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6055           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6056           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6057             needSync = 1;
6058           }
6059           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6060         }
6061       }
6062     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6063       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6064         needSync = 1;
6065       }
6066       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6067     }
6068   }
6069 
6070   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6071   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6072   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6073   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6074   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6075   */
6076   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6077     assert( !MEMDB );
6078     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6079       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6080       if( pPage ){
6081         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6082         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6083       }
6084     }
6085   }
6086 
6087   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6088   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6089   return rc;
6090 }
6091 
6092 /*
6093 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6094 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6095 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6096 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6097 **
6098 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6099 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6100 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6101 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6102 **
6103 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6104 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6105 */
6106 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6107   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6108   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6109   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6110   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6111   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6112     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6113     return SQLITE_OK;
6114   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6115     return pPager->errCode;
6116   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6117     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6118     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6119   }else{
6120     return pager_write(pPg);
6121   }
6122 }
6123 
6124 /*
6125 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6126 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6127 ** to change the content of the page.
6128 */
6129 #ifndef NDEBUG
6130 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6131   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6132 }
6133 #endif
6134 
6135 /*
6136 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6137 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6138 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6139 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6140 ** content no longer matters.
6141 **
6142 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6143 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6144 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6145 **
6146 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6147 ** DELETE operations.
6148 **
6149 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6150 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6151 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6152 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6153 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6154 */
6155 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6156   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6157   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6158     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6159     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6160     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6161     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6162     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6163     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6164   }
6165 }
6166 
6167 /*
6168 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6169 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6170 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6171 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6172 **
6173 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6174 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6175 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6176 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6177 **
6178 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6179 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6180 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6181 ** transaction is committed.
6182 **
6183 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6184 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6185 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6186 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6187 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6188 */
6189 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6190   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6191 
6192   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6193        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6194   );
6195   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6196 
6197   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6198   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6199   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6200   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6201   **
6202   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6203   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6204   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6205   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6206   */
6207 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6208 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6209   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6210   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6211 #else
6212 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6213 #endif
6214 
6215   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6216     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6217 
6218     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6219 
6220     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6221     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6222     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6223 
6224     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6225     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6226     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6227     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6228     */
6229     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6230       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6231     }
6232 
6233     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6234       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6235       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6236 
6237       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6238       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6239         const void *zBuf;
6240         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6241         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6242         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6243           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6244           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6245         }
6246         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6247           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6248           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6249           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6250           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6251           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6252           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6253         }
6254       }else{
6255         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6256       }
6257     }
6258 
6259     /* Release the page reference. */
6260     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6261   }
6262   return rc;
6263 }
6264 
6265 /*
6266 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6267 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6268 **
6269 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6270 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6271 */
6272 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6273   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6274 
6275   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6276     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6277     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6278     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6279   }
6280   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6281     assert( !MEMDB );
6282     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6283   }
6284   return rc;
6285 }
6286 
6287 /*
6288 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6289 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6290 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6291 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6292 **
6293 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6294 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6295 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6296 ** returned.
6297 */
6298 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6299   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6300   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6301   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6302     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6303          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6304          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6305     );
6306     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6307     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6308       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6309     }
6310   }
6311   return rc;
6312 }
6313 
6314 /*
6315 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6316 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6317 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6318 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6319 **
6320 ** This routine ensures that:
6321 **
6322 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6323 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6324 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6325 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6326 **   * the database file synced.
6327 **
6328 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6329 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6330 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6331 **
6332 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6333 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6334 **
6335 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6336 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6337 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6338 ** journal file in this case.
6339 */
6340 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6341   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6342   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6343   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6344 ){
6345   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6346 
6347   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6348        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6349        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6350        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6351   );
6352   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6353 
6354   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6355   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6356 
6357   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6358   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6359 
6360   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6361       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6362 
6363   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6364   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6365 
6366   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6367   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6368   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6369     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6370     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6371     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6372     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6373   }else{
6374     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6375       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6376       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6377       if( pList==0 ){
6378         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6379         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6380         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6381         pList = pPageOne;
6382         pList->pDirty = 0;
6383       }
6384       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6385       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6386         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6387       }
6388       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6389       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6390         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6391       }
6392     }else{
6393       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6394       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6395       ** is enabled.
6396       */
6397       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6398 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6399       const int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6400         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6401         && !pPager->noSync
6402         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6403 #else
6404 # define bBatch 0
6405 #endif
6406 
6407 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6408       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6409       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6410       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6411       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6412       **
6413       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6414       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6415       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6416       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6417       **
6418       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6419       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6420       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6421       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6422       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6423       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6424       ** mode.
6425       **
6426       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6427       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6428       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6429       ** created for this transaction.
6430       */
6431       if( bBatch==0 ){
6432         PgHdr *pPg;
6433         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6434             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6435             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6436             );
6437         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6438          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6439          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6440          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6441         ){
6442           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6443           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6444           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6445           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6446           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6447           */
6448           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6449         }else{
6450           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6451           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6452             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6453           }
6454         }
6455       }
6456 #else
6457 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6458       if( zMaster ){
6459         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6460         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6461       }
6462 #endif
6463       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6464 #endif
6465       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6466 
6467       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6468       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6469       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6470       */
6471       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6472       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6473 
6474       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6475       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6476       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6477       **
6478       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6479       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6480       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6481       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6482       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6483       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6484       */
6485       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6486       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6487 
6488       if( bBatch ){
6489         /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens
6490         ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would
6491         ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen.  */
6492         sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6493         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6494         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6495       }
6496       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6497       if( bBatch ){
6498         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6499           rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6500         }else{
6501           sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6502         }
6503       }
6504 
6505       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6506         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6507         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6508       }
6509       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6510 
6511       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6512       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6513       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6514       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6515       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6516       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6517       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6518         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6519         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6520         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6521         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6522       }
6523 
6524       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6525       if( !noSync ){
6526         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6527       }
6528       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6529     }
6530   }
6531 
6532 commit_phase_one_exit:
6533   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6534     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6535   }
6536   return rc;
6537 }
6538 
6539 
6540 /*
6541 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6542 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6543 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6544 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6545 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6546 **
6547 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6548 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6549 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6550 ** irrevocably committed.
6551 **
6552 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6553 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6554 */
6555 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6556   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6557 
6558   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6559   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6560   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6561   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6562 
6563   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6564        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6565        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6566   );
6567   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6568 
6569   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6570   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6571   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6572   **
6573   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6574   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6575   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6576   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6577   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6578   ** to drop any locks either.
6579   */
6580   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6581    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6582    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6583   ){
6584     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6585     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6586     return SQLITE_OK;
6587   }
6588 
6589   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6590   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6591   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6592   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6593 }
6594 
6595 /*
6596 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6597 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6598 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6599 ** state if an error occurs.
6600 **
6601 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6602 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6603 **
6604 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6605 **
6606 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6607 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6608 **      was opened, and
6609 **
6610 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6611 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6612 **
6613 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6614 ** rollback is successful.
6615 **
6616 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6617 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6618 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6619 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6620 */
6621 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6622   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6623   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6624 
6625   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6626   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6627   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6628   */
6629   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6630   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6631   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6632 
6633   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6634     int rc2;
6635     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6636     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6637     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6638   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6639     int eState = pPager->eState;
6640     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6641     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6642       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6643       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6644       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6645       */
6646       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6647       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6648       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6649       return rc;
6650     }
6651   }else{
6652     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6653   }
6654 
6655   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6656   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6657           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6658           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6659   );
6660 
6661   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6662   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6663   */
6664   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6665 }
6666 
6667 /*
6668 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6669 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6670 */
6671 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6672   return pPager->readOnly;
6673 }
6674 
6675 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6676 /*
6677 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6678 */
6679 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6680   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6681 }
6682 #endif
6683 
6684 /*
6685 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6686 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6687 */
6688 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6689   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6690                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6691   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6692            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6693            + pPager->pageSize;
6694 }
6695 
6696 /*
6697 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6698 */
6699 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6700   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6701 }
6702 
6703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6704 /*
6705 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6706 */
6707 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6708   static int a[11];
6709   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6710   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6711   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6712   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6713   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6714   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6715   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6716   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6717   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6718   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6719   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6720   return a;
6721 }
6722 #endif
6723 
6724 /*
6725 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6726 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6727 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6728 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6729 ** returning.
6730 */
6731 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6732 
6733   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6734        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6735        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6736   );
6737 
6738   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6739   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6740   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6741 
6742   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6743   if( reset ){
6744     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6745   }
6746 }
6747 
6748 /*
6749 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6750 */
6751 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6752   return pPager->tempFile;
6753 }
6754 
6755 /*
6756 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6757 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6758 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6759 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6760 **
6761 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6762 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6763 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6764 */
6765 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6766   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6767   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6768   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6769   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6770 
6771   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6772   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6773   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6774 
6775   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6776   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6777   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6778   */
6779   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6780       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6781   );
6782   if( !aNew ){
6783     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6784   }
6785   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6786   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6787 
6788   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6789   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6790     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6791     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6792       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6793     }else{
6794       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6795     }
6796     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6797     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6798     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6799       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6800     }
6801     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6802       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6803     }
6804     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6805   }
6806   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6807   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6808   return rc;
6809 }
6810 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6811   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6812   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6813 
6814   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6815     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6816   }else{
6817     return SQLITE_OK;
6818   }
6819 }
6820 
6821 
6822 /*
6823 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6824 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6825 ** created savepoint.
6826 **
6827 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6828 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6829 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6830 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6831 **
6832 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6833 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6834 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6835 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6836 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6837 **
6838 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6839 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6840 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6841 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6842 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6843 **
6844 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6845 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6846 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6847 **
6848 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6849 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6850 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6851 */
6852 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6853   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6854 
6855 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6856   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6857 #endif
6858 
6859   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6860   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6861 
6862   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6863     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6864     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6865 
6866     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6867     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6868     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6869     */
6870     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6871     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6872       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6873     }
6874     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6875 
6876     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6877     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6878     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6879       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6880         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6881         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6882           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6883           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6884         }
6885         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6886       }
6887     }
6888     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6889     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6890     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6891     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6892     */
6893     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6894       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6895       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6896       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6897     }
6898 
6899 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6900     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6901     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6902     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6903     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6904     else if(
6905         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6906      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6907     ){
6908       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6909       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6910       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6911     }
6912 #endif
6913   }
6914 
6915   return rc;
6916 }
6917 
6918 /*
6919 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6920 **
6921 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6922 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6923 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6924 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6925 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6926 ** participate in shared-cache.
6927 */
6928 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6929   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6930 }
6931 
6932 /*
6933 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6934 */
6935 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6936   return pPager->pVfs;
6937 }
6938 
6939 /*
6940 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6941 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6942 ** not yet been opened.
6943 */
6944 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6945   return pPager->fd;
6946 }
6947 
6948 /*
6949 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6950 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6951 */
6952 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6953 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6954   return pPager->jfd;
6955 #else
6956   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6957 #endif
6958 }
6959 
6960 /*
6961 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6962 */
6963 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6964   return pPager->zJournal;
6965 }
6966 
6967 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6968 /*
6969 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6970 */
6971 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6972   Pager *pPager,
6973   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6974   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6975   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6976   void *pCodec
6977 ){
6978   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6979   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6980   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6981   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6982   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6983   setGetterMethod(pPager);
6984   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6985 }
6986 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6987   return pPager->pCodec;
6988 }
6989 
6990 /*
6991 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6992 ** into the log file.
6993 **
6994 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6995 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6996 */
6997 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6998   void *aData = 0;
6999   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7000   return aData;
7001 }
7002 
7003 /*
7004 ** Return the current pager state
7005 */
7006 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7007   return pPager->eState;
7008 }
7009 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7010 
7011 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7012 /*
7013 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7014 **
7015 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7016 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7017 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7018 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7019 **
7020 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7021 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7022 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7023 **
7024 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7025 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7026 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7027 ** transaction is active).
7028 **
7029 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7030 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7031 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7032 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7033 **
7034 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7035 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7036 */
7037 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7038   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7039   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7040   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7041   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7042 
7043   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7044   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7045        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7046   );
7047   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7048 
7049   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7050   ** the page we are moving from.
7051   */
7052   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7053   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7054     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7055     if( rc ) return rc;
7056   }
7057 
7058   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7059   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7060   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7061   **
7062   **   BEGIN;
7063   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7064   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7065   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7066   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7067   **
7068   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7069   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7070   ** statement were is processed.
7071   **
7072   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7073   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7074   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7075   */
7076   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7077    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7078   ){
7079     return rc;
7080   }
7081 
7082   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7083       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7084   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7085 
7086   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7087   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7088   **
7089   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7090   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7091   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7092   */
7093   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7094     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7095     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7096             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7097     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7098   }
7099 
7100   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7101   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7102   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7103   ** for the page moved there.
7104   */
7105   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7106   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7107   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7108   if( pPgOld ){
7109     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7110     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7111       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7112       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7113       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7114     }else{
7115       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7116     }
7117   }
7118 
7119   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7120   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7121   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7122 
7123   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7124   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7125   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7126   */
7127   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7128     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7129     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7130   }
7131 
7132   if( needSyncPgno ){
7133     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7134     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7135     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7136     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7137     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7138     ** flag.
7139     **
7140     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7141     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7142     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7143     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7144     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7145     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7146     */
7147     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7148     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7149     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7150       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7151         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7152         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7153       }
7154       return rc;
7155     }
7156     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7157     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7158     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7159   }
7160 
7161   return SQLITE_OK;
7162 }
7163 #endif
7164 
7165 /*
7166 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7167 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7168 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7169 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7170 */
7171 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7172   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7173   pPg->flags = flags;
7174   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7175 }
7176 
7177 /*
7178 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7179 */
7180 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7181   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7182   return pPg->pData;
7183 }
7184 
7185 /*
7186 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7187 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7188 */
7189 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7190   return pPg->pExtra;
7191 }
7192 
7193 /*
7194 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7195 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7196 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7197 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7198 **
7199 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7200 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7201 ** locking-mode.
7202 */
7203 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7204   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7205             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7206             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7207   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7208   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7209   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7210   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7211     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7212   }
7213   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7214 }
7215 
7216 /*
7217 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7218 **
7219 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7220 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7221 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7222 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7223 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7224 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7225 **
7226 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7227 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7228 **
7229 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7230 **      or _MEMORY.
7231 **
7232 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7233 **
7234 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7235 */
7236 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7237   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7238 
7239 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7240   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7241   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7242   print_pager_state(pPager);
7243 #endif
7244 
7245 
7246   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7247   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7248             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7249             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7250             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7251             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7252             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7253 
7254   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7255   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7256   ** to WAL mode.
7257   */
7258   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7259 
7260   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7261   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7262   */
7263   if( MEMDB ){
7264     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7265     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7266       eMode = eOld;
7267     }
7268   }
7269 
7270   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7271 
7272     /* Change the journal mode. */
7273     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7274     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7275 
7276     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7277     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7278     ** delete the journal file.
7279     */
7280     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7281     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7282     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7283     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7284     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7285     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7286 
7287     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7288     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7289 
7290       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7291       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7292       ** here is an optimization only.
7293       **
7294       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7295       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7296       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7297       */
7298       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7299       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7300         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7301       }else{
7302         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7303         int state = pPager->eState;
7304         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7305         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7306           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7307         }
7308         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7309           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7310           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7311         }
7312         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7313           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7314         }
7315         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7316           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7317         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7318           pager_unlock(pPager);
7319         }
7320         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7321       }
7322     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7323       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7324     }
7325   }
7326 
7327   /* Return the new journal mode */
7328   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7329 }
7330 
7331 /*
7332 ** Return the current journal mode.
7333 */
7334 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7335   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7336 }
7337 
7338 /*
7339 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7340 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7341 ** is unmodified.
7342 */
7343 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7344   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7345   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7346   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7347   return 1;
7348 }
7349 
7350 /*
7351 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7352 **
7353 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7354 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7355 */
7356 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7357   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7358     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7359     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7360   }
7361   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7362 }
7363 
7364 /*
7365 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7366 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7367 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7368 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7369 */
7370 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7371   return &pPager->pBackup;
7372 }
7373 
7374 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7375 /*
7376 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7377 */
7378 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7379   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7380   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7381 }
7382 #endif
7383 
7384 
7385 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7386 /*
7387 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7388 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7389 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7390 **
7391 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7392 */
7393 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7394   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7395   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7396   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7397   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7398   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7399 ){
7400   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7401   if( pPager->pWal ){
7402     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7403         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7404         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7405         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7406         pnLog, pnCkpt
7407     );
7408   }
7409   return rc;
7410 }
7411 
7412 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7413   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7414 }
7415 
7416 /*
7417 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7418 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7419 */
7420 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7421   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7422   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7423   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7424 }
7425 
7426 /*
7427 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7428 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7429 */
7430 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7431   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7432 
7433   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7434   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7435   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7436     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7437     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7438     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7439   }
7440 
7441   return rc;
7442 }
7443 
7444 /*
7445 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7446 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7447 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7448 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7449 */
7450 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7451   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7452 
7453   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7454   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7455 
7456   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7457   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7458   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7459   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7460   */
7461   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7462     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7463   }
7464 
7465   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7466   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7467   */
7468   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7469     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7470         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7471         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7472     );
7473   }
7474   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7475 
7476   return rc;
7477 }
7478 
7479 
7480 /*
7481 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7482 ** this function.
7483 **
7484 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7485 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7486 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7487 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7488 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7489 ** not modified in either case.
7490 **
7491 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7492 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7493 ** without doing anything.
7494 */
7495 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7496   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7497   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7498 ){
7499   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7500 
7501   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7502   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7503   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7504   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7505   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7506 
7507   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7508     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7509 
7510     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7511     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7512 
7513     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7514     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7515       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7516       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7517     }
7518   }else{
7519     *pbOpen = 1;
7520   }
7521 
7522   return rc;
7523 }
7524 
7525 /*
7526 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7527 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7528 **
7529 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7530 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7531 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7532 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7533 */
7534 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7535   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7536 
7537   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7538 
7539   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7540   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7541   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7542   */
7543   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7544     int logexists = 0;
7545     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7546     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7547       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7548           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7549       );
7550     }
7551     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7552       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7553     }
7554   }
7555 
7556   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7557   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7558   */
7559   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7560     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7561     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7562       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7563                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7564       pPager->pWal = 0;
7565       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7566       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7567     }
7568   }
7569   return rc;
7570 }
7571 
7572 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7573 /*
7574 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7575 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7576 */
7577 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7578   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7579   if( pPager->pWal ){
7580     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7581   }
7582   return rc;
7583 }
7584 
7585 /*
7586 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7587 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7588 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7589 */
7590 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7591   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7592   if( pPager->pWal ){
7593     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7594   }else{
7595     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7596   }
7597   return rc;
7598 }
7599 
7600 /*
7601 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7602 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7603 */
7604 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7605   int rc;
7606   if( pPager->pWal ){
7607     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7608   }else{
7609     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7610   }
7611   return rc;
7612 }
7613 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7614 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7615 
7616 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7617 /*
7618 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7619 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7620 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7621 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7622 ** is empty, return 0.
7623 */
7624 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7625   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7626   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7627 }
7628 #endif
7629 
7630 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7631